<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hw7018</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hw7018"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Hw7018"/>
	<updated>2026-05-18T02:57:26Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809726</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809726"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:03:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theoretical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=179.0 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈124.5 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈116.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:EA-2HW7018.PNG|150px]] || [[File:EA-1HW7018.PNG|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is obtained from the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809720</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809720"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:02:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 91.7 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.7 pm, r2=91.7 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theoretical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=179.0 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈124.5 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈116.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:EA-2HW7018.PNG|150px]] || [[File:EA-1HW7018.PNG|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is obtained from the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809712</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809712"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T10:59:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theoretical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=179.0 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈124.5 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈116.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:EA-2HW7018.PNG|150px]] || [[File:EA-1HW7018.PNG|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is obtained from the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809695</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809695"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T10:51:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=179.0 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈124.5 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈116.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:EA-2HW7018.PNG|150px]] || [[File:EA-1HW7018.PNG|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is obtained from the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:EA-2HW7018.PNG&amp;diff=809694</id>
		<title>File:EA-2HW7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:EA-2HW7018.PNG&amp;diff=809694"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T10:50:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:EA-1HW7018.PNG&amp;diff=809690</id>
		<title>File:EA-1HW7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:EA-1HW7018.PNG&amp;diff=809690"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T10:49:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809685</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809685"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T10:48:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=179.0 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74.5 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈124.5 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈116.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG|150px]] || [[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is obtained from the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809609</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809609"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T10:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809567</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809567"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:35:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=93 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809566</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809566"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:34:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809561</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809561"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:32:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED and steps number 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 The H + HF reaction is a late-barrier reaction. From the table, a small increase in the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would shift reactive to unreactive, while a large increase is needed for the value of  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to achieve the same effect, which is in consistent with the Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809552</id>
		<title>File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-30hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809552"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:25:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809551</id>
		<title>File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-25hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809551"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:24:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809549</id>
		<title>File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-20hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809549"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:23:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809547</id>
		<title>File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-3-18hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809547"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:23:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809543</id>
		<title>File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-2-18hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809543"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:20:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-2-18.PNG&amp;diff=809540</id>
		<title>File:E2-2-18.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-2-18.PNG&amp;diff=809540"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:19:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809537</id>
		<title>File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1-18hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809537"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:18:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809536</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809536"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T09:17:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi’s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2 || -18  ||reactive ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 || -18  ||unreactive ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -20  ||reactive ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -25  ||reactive ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1 || -30  ||unreactive ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809488</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809488"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T08:34:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi’s empirical rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient in activating a late-barrier reaction than translational energy, while translational energy is more efficient for an early-barrier reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809390</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809390"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:04:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The trajectory is able to cross the energy barrier but reverse back to the reactants.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809373</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809373"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:48:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -6.1 to 6.1 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5.1, reactive&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -4 to -2, unreactive, reaction reverse back to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom do not move much&lt;br /&gt;
at p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 to 6.1, unreactive, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moves away from F atom faster with increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809368</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809368"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:35:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-2hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-2hw7018.png&amp;diff=809367</id>
		<title>File:E2-2hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-2hw7018.png&amp;diff=809367"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:34:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809363</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809363"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:34:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=200 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-5 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
The animation shows that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule first draws closer to the F atom with oscillation, then the central H atom oscillates between the F and the H atom. After that, the margin H atom moves away and the new HF molecule is formed with oscillaiton.&lt;br /&gt;
From the momentum vs. time plot, the kinetic energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is converted to the central H so that it could move between the two atoms with oscillation. The kinetic energy of the central H is then converted to the potential energy of the newly-formed HF. &lt;br /&gt;
This could be proved by measuring the F atom concentration and the H atom concentration and plot against the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; input. There should be not much H atom formed until the HF is formed.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809356</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809356"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:15:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
the activation energy is obtained from the initial part of the energy vs. time plot with calculation type MED.&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom. So the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is relatively easy to undergo because less energy is required to break up the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809355</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809355"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:12:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.PNG||thumb|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809353</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809353"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:11:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E2-1hw7018.png||thumb|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809350</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809350"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:10:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E2-1hw7018.PNG&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809348</id>
		<title>File:E2-1hw7018.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:E2-1hw7018.PNG&amp;diff=809348"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:10:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809343</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809343"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:02:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809340</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809340"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T05:57:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  !! H+HF&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| exothermic ||endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Ea≈0.02 kJ mol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || Ea≈141.4 kJ mol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809321</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809321"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T05:07:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic with a low activation energy, while the H + HF reaction is endothermic with a high activation energy.The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=182 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=74 pm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809319</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809319"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:52:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic with a low activation energy, while the H + HF reaction is endothermic with a high activation energy.The bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is stronger than that of HF because F is a very electronetive atom and the electrons are strongly attracted by the F atom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809280</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809280"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:09:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, a transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified:&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface:&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;): r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809270</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809270"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T03:53:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]][[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too small (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too large, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier and proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When estimating Rcl in the transition state theory, all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. But there are cases of barrier recrossing like set 5 that even the trajectory has crossed the energy barrier, the system still might revert to the reactants.  Quantum mechanics allows tunnelling, so that reactants could tunnel through the energy barrier, which could be considered as the activation energy is lowered. So the experimental rate constant could be higher than the theorical one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809262</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=809262"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T03:08:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p1 is too small (set 1) or too large (set 4 and 5), the trajectory along AB would be smooth. &lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too small and the total energy is too large (set 2), the trajectory would not be able to pass the transition state and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
If the value of p2 is too large and the total energy is too small, there would be barrier recrossing. And if p2 is relatively small (set 4), the trajectory would revert to the reactants, while if p2 is relatively large (set 5), the trajectory would proceed to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
So for a reactive pathway, the system need to have a suitable p2 and total energy to overcome the transition state and proceed to the products.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807843</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807843"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:52:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807842</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807842"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:51:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot5hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807841</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807841"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:50:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot5hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807840</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807840"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:49:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||[[File:Plot1hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||[[File:Plot2hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||[[File:Plot3hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||[[File:Plot4hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||[[File:Plot5hw7018.png||150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Plot5hw7018.png&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot5hw7018.png&amp;diff=807836</id>
		<title>File:Plot5hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot5hw7018.png&amp;diff=807836"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:44:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot4hw7018.png&amp;diff=807835</id>
		<title>File:Plot4hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot4hw7018.png&amp;diff=807835"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:43:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot3hw7018.png&amp;diff=807834</id>
		<title>File:Plot3hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot3hw7018.png&amp;diff=807834"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:43:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot2hw7018.png&amp;diff=807832</id>
		<title>File:Plot2hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot2hw7018.png&amp;diff=807832"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:42:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot1hw7018.png&amp;diff=807830</id>
		<title>File:Plot1hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot1hw7018.png&amp;diff=807830"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:41:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: Hw7018 uploaded a new version of File:Plot1hw7018.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot1hw7018.png&amp;diff=807829</id>
		<title>File:Plot1hw7018.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot1hw7018.png&amp;diff=807829"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T05:41:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Hw7018Plot1.png&amp;diff=807812</id>
		<title>File:Hw7018Plot1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Hw7018Plot1.png&amp;diff=807812"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T03:48:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807811</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807811"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T03:46:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||-420.077||unreactive||trajectory with oscillation stop and reverse back at rAB~112 pm ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||-413.977||reactive||trajectory with first small oscillation and stronger oscillation after the transition state ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277|| unreactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back disorderly at rBC~130 pm ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.477||reactive||smooth trajectory to the transition state and reverse back suddenly to rAB~125 pm and then proceeds to the product with irregularly large oscillation||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807808</id>
		<title>MRD:hw7018</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hw7018&amp;diff=807808"/>
		<updated>2020-05-21T03:36:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hw7018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined?  &lt;br /&gt;
A transition state mathematically defined as ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 (the gradient of the potential enerygy=0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can the transition state be identified?&lt;br /&gt;
Since a small change in geometry would shift the trajectory towards either the products or the reactants at the transition state, we can start trajectories near the transition state, follow the trajectory until a point that it no longer &#039;roll&#039; towards the direction before, which is the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state needs both  ∂V(r1)/∂r1 and  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0, while the local minimum might only have ∂V(r1)/∂r1 or  ∂V(r2)/∂r2=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;≈ 92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
This is the intersection of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018-E1-internuclear_distance_vs_t.png||thumb|center|The internuclear_distance_vs_time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:E1-Surface Plot-dynamics.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hw7018E1-Surface Plot-MEP1.png||thumb|center|Surface plot (calculation type: MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=93.4 pm, r2=92.4 pm&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Dynamics !! MED&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| r1 goes to infinity || r1 stops at ~194 pm where the new molecule is formed&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| trajectory with some vibrations because energy is still converting between kinetic energy and potential energy || smooth trajectory because no potential energy&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For r1=92.4 pm, r2=93.4 pm, calculation type: Dynamics, the trajectory would roll to the reactants side. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would decrease to ~74 pm with oscilatting and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to infinity. p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~2.5 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with oscillating and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would increase to ~5.0 g mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If set final positions and the minus final momentum (r1=74 pm, r2=351 pm, pAB=-2.5 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, pBC=-5.0 mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; pm fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;), the trajectory would start from the reactant and roll to the product side without osciallting but stop at the transition state because it does not have enough energy to overcome the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280||reactive ||smooth trajectory at first and oscillate after the transition state ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hw7018</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>